Linux kernel mirror (for testing)
git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git
kernel
os
linux
1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 *
15 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
16 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
17 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
18 *
19 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
20 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
21 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
22 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
23 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
24 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
25 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
26 *
27 */
28
29/*
30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
33 *
34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
38 * can actually be identified and removed.
39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
40 */
41
42#include <linux/types.h>
43
44#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
45
46#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
53
54/**
55 * DOC: Station handling
56 *
57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
61 * to.
62 *
63 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
64 * capabilities.
65 *
66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
68 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
69 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
70 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
71 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
72 * time mark it authorized.
73 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
74 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
75 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
76 *
77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
78 */
79
80/**
81 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
82 *
83 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
84 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
85 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
86 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
87 * for various reasons.
88 *
89 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
90 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
91 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
92 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
93 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
94 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
95 * for doing that.
96 *
97 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
98 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
99 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
100 *
101 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
102 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
103 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
104 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
105 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
106 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
107 *
108 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
109 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
110 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
111 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
112 *
113 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
114 * below.
115 */
116
117/**
118 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
119 *
120 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
121 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
122 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
123 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
124 *
125 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
126 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
127 * types there no concurrency is implied.
128 *
129 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
130 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
131 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
132 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
133 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
134 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
135 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
136 *
137 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
138 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
139 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
140 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
141 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
142 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
143 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
144 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
145 *
146 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
147 * interfaces that a given device supports.
148 */
149
150/**
151 * DOC: packet coalesce support
152 *
153 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
154 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
155 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
156 * and power consumption.
157 *
158 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
159 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
160 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
161 * following events occur.
162 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
163 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
164 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
165 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
166 *
167 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
168 * rule.
169 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
170 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
171 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
172 * Multiple such rules can be created.
173 */
174
175/**
176 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
177 *
178 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
179 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
180 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
181 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
182 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
183 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
184 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
185 *
186 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
187 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
188 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
189 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
190 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
191 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
192 *
193 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
194 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
195 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
196 */
197
198/**
199 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
200 *
201 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
202 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
203 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
204 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
205 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
206 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
207 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
208 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
211 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
212 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
213 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
214 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
215 *
216 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
217 * below additional parameters to userspace.
218 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
219 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
220 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
221 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
222 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
223 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
224 *
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
226 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
227 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
228 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
229 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
230 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
231 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
232 */
233
234/**
235 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
236 *
237 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
238 *
239 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
240 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
241 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
243 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
244 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
245 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
246 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
247 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
248 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
249 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
250 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
251 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
252 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
253 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
254 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
255 *
256 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
257 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
258 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
259 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
260 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
261 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
262 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
263 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
264 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
265 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
266 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
267 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
268 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
269 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
270 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
271 *
272 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
273 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
274 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
275 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
276 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
278 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
279 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
280 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
281 *
282 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
283 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
284 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
285 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
286 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
287 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
288 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
289 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
290 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
291 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
292 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
293 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
294 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
295 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
297 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
298 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
299 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
300 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
301 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
302 *
303 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
304 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
305 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
306 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
307 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
308 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
309 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
310 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
311 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
312 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
313 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
314 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
315 * frame).
316 *
317 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
318 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
320 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
321 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
323 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
324 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
325 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
326 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
327 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
328 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
329 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
330 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
331 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
333 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
334 *
335 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
336 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
337 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
338 * global regdomain will be returned.
339 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
340 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
341 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
342 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
343 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
344 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
345 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
346 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
347 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
348 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
349 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
350 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
351 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
352 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
353 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
354 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
358 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
359 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
360 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
361 *
362 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
363 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
364 *
365 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
366 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
367 *
368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
369 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
370 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
371 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
372 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
373 * added to all specified management frames generated by
374 * kernel/firmware/driver.
375 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
376 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
377 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
378 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
379 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
380 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
381 *
382 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
383 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
384 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
385 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
386 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
387 * be used.
388 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
389 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
390 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
391 * partial scan results may be available
392 *
393 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
394 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
396 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
397 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
398 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
399 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
400 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
401 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
402 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
403 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
404 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
405 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
406 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
407 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
408 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
409 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
410 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
411 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
412 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
413 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
414 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
415 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
416 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
417 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
418 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
419 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
420 * results available.
421 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
422 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
423 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
424 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
425 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
426 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
427 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
428 *
429 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
430 * or noise level
431 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
432 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
433 *
434 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
436 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
437 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
438 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
439 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
440 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
441 * ESS.
442 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
443 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
444 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
445 * authentication.
446 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
447 *
448 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
449 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
450 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
451 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
452 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
453 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
454 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
455 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
456 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
457 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
458 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
459 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
460 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
461 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
462 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
463 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
464 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
465 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
466 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
467 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
468 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
469 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
470 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
471 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
472 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
473 * the beacon hint was processed.
474 *
475 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
476 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
477 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
478 * authentication process.
479 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
480 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
481 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
482 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
483 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
484 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
485 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
486 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
487 * to be added to the frame.
488 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
489 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
490 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
491 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
492 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
493 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
494 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
495 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
496 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
497 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
498 * pending authentication timed out).
499 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
500 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
501 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
502 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
503 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
504 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
505 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
506 * included).
507 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
508 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
509 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
510 * primitives).
511 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
512 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
513 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
514 *
515 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
516 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
517 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
518 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
519 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
520 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
521 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
522 *
523 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
524 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
525 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
526 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
527 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
528 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
529 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
530 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
531 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
532 * determined by the network interface.
533 *
534 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
535 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
536 * to the driver.
537 *
538 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
539 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
540 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
541 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
542 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
543 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
544 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
545 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
546 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
547 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
548 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
549 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
550 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
551 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
552 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
553 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
554 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
555 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
556 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
557 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
558 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
559 * a different BSS is desired.
560 * Background scan period can optionally be
561 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
562 * if not specified default background scan configuration
563 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
564 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
565 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
566 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
567 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
568 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
569 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
570 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
571 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
572 * well to remain backwards compatible.
573 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
574 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
575 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
576 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
577 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
578 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
579 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
580 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
581 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
582 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
583 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
584 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
585 *
586 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
587 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
588 *
589 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
590 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
591 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
592 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
593 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
594 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
595 * frequency for the operation.
596 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
597 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
598 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
599 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
600 * radio).
601 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
602 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
603 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
604 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
605 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
606 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
608 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
609 * uniquely identify the request.
610 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
611 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
612 *
613 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
614 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
615 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
616 *
617 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
618 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
619 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
620 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
621 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
622 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
623 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
624 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
625 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
626 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
627 * backward compatibility
628 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
629 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
630 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
631 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
632 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
633 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
634 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
635 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
636 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
637 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
638 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
639 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
640 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
641 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
642 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
643 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
644 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
645 * is used during CSA period.
646 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
647 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
648 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
649 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
650 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
651 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
652 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
653 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
654 * the frame.
655 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
656 * backward compatibility.
657 *
658 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
659 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
660 *
661 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
662 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
663 * levels.
664 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
665 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
666 * reached.
667 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
668 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
669 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
670 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
671 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
672 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
673 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
674 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
675 * precedence when they are used.
676 *
677 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
678 *
679 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
680 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
681 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
682 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
683 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
684 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
685 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
686 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
687 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
688 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
689 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
690 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
691 * command, the feature is disabled.
692 *
693 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
694 * mesh config parameters may be given.
695 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
696 * network is determined by the network interface.
697 *
698 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
699 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
700 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
701 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
702 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
703 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
704 *
705 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
706 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
707 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
708 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
709 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
710 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
711 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
712 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
713 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
714 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
715 * depending on the authentication result.
716 *
717 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
718 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
719 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
720 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
721 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
722 * more background information, see
723 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
724 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
725 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
726 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
727 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
728 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
729 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
730 *
731 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
732 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
733 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
734 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
735 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
736 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
737 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
738 *
739 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
740 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
741 *
742 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
743 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
744 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
745 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
746 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
747 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
748 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
749 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
750 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
751 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
752 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
753 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
754 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
755 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
756 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
757 *
758 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
759 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
760 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
761 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
762 * is received.
763 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
764 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
765 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
766 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
767 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
768 *
769 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
770 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
771 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
772 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
773 *
774 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
775 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
776 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
777 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
778 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
779 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
780 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
781 *
782 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
783 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
784 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
785 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
786 *
787 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
788 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
789 *
790 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
791 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
792 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
793 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
794 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
795 * from the remote AP) is completed;
796 *
797 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
798 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
799 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
800 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
801 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
802 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
803 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
804 * interfaces to change channel as well.
805 *
806 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
807 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
808 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
809 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
810 * public action frame TX.
811 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
812 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
813 *
814 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
815 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
816 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
817 * is used for this.
818 *
819 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
820 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
821 *
822 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
823 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
824 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
825 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
826 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
827 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
828 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
829 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
830 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
831 *
832 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
833 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
834 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
835 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
836 * while operating on this channel.
837 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
838 * event.
839 *
840 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
841 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
842 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
843 *
844 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
845 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
846 *
847 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
848 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
849 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
850 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
851 *
852 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
853 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
854 * complete.
855 *
856 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
857 * return back to normal.
858 *
859 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
860 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
861 *
862 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
863 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
864 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
865 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
866 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
867 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
868 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
869 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
870 * switch is complete.
871 *
872 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
873 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
874 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
875 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
876 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
877 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
878 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
879 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
880 *
881 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
882 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
883 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
884 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
885 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
886 *
887 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
888 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
889 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
890 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
891 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
892 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
893 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
894 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
895 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
896 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
897 * fail even if the check was successful.
898 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
899 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
900 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
901 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
902 *
903 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
904 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
905 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
906 *
907 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
908 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
909 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
910 * network is determined by the network interface.
911 *
912 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
913 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
914 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
915 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
916 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
917 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
918 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
919 * AP.
920 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
921 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
922 * when this command completes.
923 *
924 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
925 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
926 * management.
927 *
928 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
929 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
930 * cfg80211_scan_done().
931 *
932 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
933 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
934 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
935 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
936 * cluster. This command must have a valid
937 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
938 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
939 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
940 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
941 * added.
942 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
943 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
944 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
945 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
946 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
947 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
948 * of the function upon success.
949 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
950 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
951 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
952 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
953 * which just terminated.
954 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
955 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
956 * the response to this command.
957 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
958 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
959 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
960 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
961 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
962 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
963 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
964 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
965 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
966 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
967 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
968 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
969 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
970 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
971 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
972 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
973 *
974 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
975 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
976 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
977 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
978 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
979 *
980 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
981 * for the given authenticator address (specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
982 * When &NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, &NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
983 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
984 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
985 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
986 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
987 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
988 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
989 * specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
990 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
991 * &NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or &NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
992 * &NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
993 *
994 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
995 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
996 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
997 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
998 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
999 * 802.11 headers.
1000 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1001 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1002 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1003 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1004 *
1005 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1006 *
1007 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1008 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1009 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1010 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1011 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1012 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1013 *
1014 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1015 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1016 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1017 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1018 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1019 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1020 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1021 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1022 * command interface.
1023 *
1024 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1025 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1026 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1027 *
1028 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1029 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of &NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1030 * &NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,&NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1031 * address(specified in &NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1032 *
1033 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1034 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1035 */
1036enum nl80211_commands {
1037/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1038 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1039
1040 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1041 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1042 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1043 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1044
1045 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1046 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1047 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1048 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1049
1050 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1051 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1052 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1053 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1054
1055 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1056 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1057 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1058 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1059 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1060 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1061
1062 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1063 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1064 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1065 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1066
1067 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1068 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1069 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1070 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1071
1072 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1073
1074 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1075 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1076
1077 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1078 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1079
1080 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1081
1082 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1083
1084 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1085 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1086 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1087 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1088
1089 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1090
1091 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1092 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1093 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1094 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1095
1096 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1097
1098 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1099
1100 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1101 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1102
1103 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1104
1105 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1106 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1107 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1108
1109 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1110
1111 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1112 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1113
1114 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1115 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1116 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1117
1118 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1119 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1120
1121 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1122
1123 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1124 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1125 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1126 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1127 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1128 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1129
1130 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1131 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1132
1133 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1134 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1135
1136 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1137 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1138
1139 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1140
1141 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1142 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1143
1144 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1145 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1146
1147 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1148
1149 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1150 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1151
1152 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1153 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1154 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1155 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1156
1157 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1158
1159 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1160
1161 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1162 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1163
1164 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1165
1166 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1167
1168 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1169
1170 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1171
1172 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1173
1174 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1175
1176 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1177 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1178
1179 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1180
1181 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1182
1183 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1184
1185 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1186
1187 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1188
1189 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1190 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1191
1192 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1193 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1194
1195 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1196 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1197
1198 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1199
1200 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1201
1202 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1203
1204 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1205 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1206
1207 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1208
1209 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1210 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1211
1212 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1213
1214 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1215 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1216
1217 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1218
1219 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1220
1221 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1222 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1223 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1224 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1225 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1226 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1227
1228 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1229
1230 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1231
1232 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1233 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1234
1235 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1236
1237 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1238
1239 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1240
1241 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1242
1243 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1244
1245 /* add new commands above here */
1246
1247 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1248 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1249 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1250};
1251
1252/*
1253 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1254 * here
1255 */
1256#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1257#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1258#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1259#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1260#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1261#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1262#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1263#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1264
1265#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1266
1267/* source-level API compatibility */
1268#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1269#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1270#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1271
1272/**
1273 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1274 *
1275 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1276 *
1277 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1278 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1279 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1280 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1281 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1282 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1283 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1284 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1285 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1286 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1287 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1288 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1289 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1290 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1291 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1292 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1293 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1294 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1295 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1296 * this attribute)
1297 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1298 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1299 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1300 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1301 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1302 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1303 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1304 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1305 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1306 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1307 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1308 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1309 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1310 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1311 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1312 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1313 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1314 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1315 *
1316 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1317 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1318 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1319 *
1320 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1321 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1322 *
1323 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1324 *
1325 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1326 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1327 * keys
1328 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1329 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1330 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1331 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1332 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1333 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1334 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1335 * default management key
1336 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1337 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1338 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1339 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1340 *
1341 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1342 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1343 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1344 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1345 *
1346 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1347 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1348 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1349 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1350 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1351 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1352 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1353 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1354 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1355 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1356 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1357 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1358 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1359 *
1360 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1361 * consisting of a nested array.
1362 *
1363 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1364 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1365 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1367 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1368 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1369 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1370 *
1371 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1372 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1373 *
1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1375 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1376 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1377 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1378 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1379 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1380 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1381 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1382 * to a specific alpha2.
1383 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1384 * rules.
1385 *
1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1387 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1388 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1390 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1391 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1392 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1393 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1394 *
1395 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1396 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1397 *
1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1399 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1400 * of the interface mode.
1401 *
1402 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1403 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1404 *
1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1406 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1407 *
1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1409 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1410 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1411 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1412 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1413 * that can be added to a scan request
1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1415 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1417 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1418 *
1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1421 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1423 *
1424 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1425 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1426 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1427 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1428 *
1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1430 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1431 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1432 *
1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1434 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1435 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1437 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1438 * represented as a u32
1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1440 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1441 *
1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1443 * a u32
1444 *
1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1446 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1447 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1448 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1449 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1451 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1452 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1453 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1454 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1455 *
1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1457 * cipher suites
1458 *
1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1460 * for other networks on different channels
1461 *
1462 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1463 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1464 *
1465 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1466 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1467 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1468 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1469 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1470 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1471 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1472 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1473 *
1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1475 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1476 *
1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1478 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1479 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1480 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1481 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1482 * default in station mode.
1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1484 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1485 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1486 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1487 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1488 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1490 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1491 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1493 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1494 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1495 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1496 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1497 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1498 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1499 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1500 * flag.
1501 *
1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1503 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1504 *
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1506 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1507 * a local disconnect request.
1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1509 * event (u16)
1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1511 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1512 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1513 *
1514 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1515 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1516 * (an array of u32).
1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1518 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1519 * u32).
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1521 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1522 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1523 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1524 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1525 *
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1527 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1529 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1530 *
1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1532 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1533 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1534 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1535 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1536 *
1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1538 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1540 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1541 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1542 *
1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1544 *
1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1546 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1547 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1548 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1549 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1550 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1551 * completely from scratch.
1552 *
1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1554 *
1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1556 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1557 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1558 *
1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1561 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1562 *
1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1565 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1566 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1567 *
1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1569 *
1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1571 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1572 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1573 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1574 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1575 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1576 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1577 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1578 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1579 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1580 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1581 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1582 *
1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1584 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1586 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1588 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1589 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1590 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1592 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1593 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1594 *
1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1596 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1597 *
1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1599 *
1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1601 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1602 *
1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1604 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1605 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1606 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1607 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1608 *
1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1610 * connected to this BSS.
1611 *
1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1613 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1615 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1616 * for non-automatic settings.
1617 *
1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1619 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1620 *
1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1622 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1623 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1624 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1625 *
1626 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1627 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1628 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1629 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1630 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1631 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1632 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1633 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1634 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1635 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1636 *
1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1638 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1639 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1640 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1641 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1642 *
1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1644 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1645 *
1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1647 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1648 *
1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1650 *
1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1652 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1653 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1654 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1655 * nl80211 capability flag.
1656 *
1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1658 *
1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1660 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1661 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1662 *
1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1664 * changed once the mesh is active.
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1666 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1668 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1669 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1671 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1672 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1673 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1674 *
1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1676 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1678 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1679 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1680 * triggers.
1681 *
1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1683 * cycles, in msecs.
1684 *
1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1686 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1687 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1688 * pass-thru filter rules.
1689 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1690 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1691 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1692 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1693 * able to ignore them by itself.
1694 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1695 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1696 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1697 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1698 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1699 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1700 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1701 * If ommited, no filtering is done.
1702 *
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1704 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1705 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1707 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1708 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1709 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1710 *
1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1712 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1713 *
1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1715 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1716 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1717 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1718 *
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1720 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1721 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1722 *
1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1724 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1725 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1726 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1728 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1729 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1730 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1731 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1732 *
1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1734 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1736 * as AP.
1737 *
1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1739 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1740 *
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1742 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1743 *
1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1745 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1746 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1747 * applications use this attribute.
1748 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1749 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1750 *
1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1752 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1753 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1755 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1757 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1759 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1761 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1762 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1763 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1764 *
1765 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1766 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1767 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1768 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1769 *
1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1771 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1772 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1773 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1774 *
1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1776 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1777 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1778 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1779 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1780 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1781 *
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1783 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1784 * to be filled by the FW.
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1786 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1788 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1789 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1790 * The values that may be configured are:
1791 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1792 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1793 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1794 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1795 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1796 *
1797 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1798 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1799 * to one DFS region.
1800 *
1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1802 * up to 16 TIDs.
1803 *
1804 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1805 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1806 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1807 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1808 * capability to timeout the stations.
1809 *
1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1811 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1812 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1813 *
1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1815 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1816 *
1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1818 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1819 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1820 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1821 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1822 *
1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1824 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1825 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1826 *
1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1828 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1829 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1830 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1831 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1832 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1833 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1834 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1835 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1836 * consistent.
1837 *
1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1839 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1840 *
1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1842 *
1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1844 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1846 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1847 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1848 * no change is made.
1849 *
1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1851 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1852 *
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1854 * carried in a u32 attribute
1855 *
1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1857 * MAC ACL.
1858 *
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1860 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1861 * ACL.
1862 *
1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1864 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1865 *
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1867 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1868 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1870 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1871 *
1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1873 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1874 *
1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1876 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1877 * and PU-APSD.
1878 *
1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1880 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1881 *
1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1883 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1884 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1885 *
1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1887 *
1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1889 * Element
1890 *
1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1892 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1894 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1895 *
1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1897 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1898 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1899 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1900 *
1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1902 *
1903 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1904 * until the channel switch event.
1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1906 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1907 * operation).
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1909 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1911 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1913 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
1914 *
1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1916 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1917 *
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1919 *
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1921 * supported operating classes.
1922 *
1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1924 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1925 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1926 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1927 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1928 * IBSS network.
1929 *
1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1931 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1933 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1934 *
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1936 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
1937 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
1938 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
1939 * u8 attribute.
1940 *
1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1942 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1945 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1947 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
1948 *
1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1950 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1951 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1952 *
1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1955 *
1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1957 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1958 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1959 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1960 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1961 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1962 *
1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1964 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1965 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1966 * supported number of csa counters.
1967 *
1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1969 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1970 *
1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
1972 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
1973 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
1974 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1975 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1976 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
1977 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1978 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1979 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1980 * cleared when the socket is closed.
1981 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
1982 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
1983 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
1984 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
1985 * multicast group.
1986 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
1987 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
1988 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
1989 * torn down when the socket is closed.
1990 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
1991 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
1992 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
1993 * disabled when the socket is closed.
1994 *
1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1996 * the TDLS link initiator.
1997 *
1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1999 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2000 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2001 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2002 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2003 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2004 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2005 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2006 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2007 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2008 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2009 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2010 *
2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2012 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2013 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2014 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2015 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2016 *
2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2020 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2021 *
2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2023 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2024 *
2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2026 *
2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2028 *
2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2030 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2031 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2032 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2033 *
2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2035 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2036 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2037 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2038 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2039 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2040 *
2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2042 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2043 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2044 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2045 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2046 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2047 * over all channels.
2048 *
2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2050 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2051 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2052 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2053
2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2055 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2056 *
2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2058 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2060 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2062 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2064 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2065 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2066 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2067 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2068 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2070 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2071 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2072 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2073 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2074 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2075 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2076 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2077 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2078 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2079 *
2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2081 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2082 *
2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2084 *
2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2086 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2087 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2088 * interface type.
2089 *
2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2091 * groupID for monitor mode.
2092 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2093 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2094 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2095 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2096 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2097 * each group.
2098 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2099 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2100 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2101 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2102 * groupID data.
2103 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2105 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2106 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2107 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2108 *
2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2110 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2111 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2112 * attribute must not be included).
2113 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2114 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2116 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2117 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2118 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2119 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2121 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2122 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2123 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2124 *
2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2126 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2127 *
2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2129 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2130 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2131 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2132 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2134 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2135 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2136 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2137 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2138 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2139 * the device will decide what to use.
2140 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2141 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2142 * attribute.
2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2144 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2146 * protection.
2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2148 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2149 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2150 *
2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2152 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2153 *
2154 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2155 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2156 *
2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2158 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2159 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2160 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2161 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2162 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2163 * unnecessary wakeups.
2164 *
2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2166 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2167 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
2168 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2169 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2170 *
2171 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2172 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2173 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2174 *
2175 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2176 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2177 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2178 *
2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2180 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2181 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2182 *
2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2184 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2185 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2186 *
2187 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2188 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2189 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2190 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2191 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2192 *
2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2194 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2195 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2196 *
2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2198 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2199 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2200 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2201 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2202 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2203 *
2204 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2205 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2206 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2207 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2208 *
2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2210 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2211 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2213 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2214 *
2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2216 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2217 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2218 * &NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2220 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2221 * only with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request. The driver may offload
2222 * authentication processing to user space if this capability is indicated
2223 * in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests from the user space.
2224 *
2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2226 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2227 *
2228 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2230 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2231 */
2232enum nl80211_attrs {
2233/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2234 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2235
2236 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2237 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2238
2239 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2240 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2241 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2242
2243 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2244
2245 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2246 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2247 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2248 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2249 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2250
2251 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2252 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2253 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2254 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2255
2256 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2257 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2258 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2259 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2260 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2261 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2262
2263 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2264
2265 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2266
2267 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2268 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2269 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2270 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2271
2272 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2273 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2274 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2275
2276 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2277
2278 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2279
2280 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2281 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2282
2283 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2284
2285 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2286
2287 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2288 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2289 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2290
2291 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2292
2293 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2294 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2295
2296 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2297
2298 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2299 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2300 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2301 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2302
2303 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2304 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2305
2306 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2307
2308 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2309 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2310 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2311 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2312
2313 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2314
2315 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2316 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2317
2318 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2319 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2320
2321 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2322
2323
2324 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2325 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2326 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2327 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2328
2329 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2330
2331 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2332
2333 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2334
2335 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2336
2337 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2338
2339 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2340
2341 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2342 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2343
2344 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2345 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2346 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2347 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2348
2349 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2350 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2351
2352 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2353
2354 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2355 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2356
2357 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2358
2359 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2360
2361 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2362
2363 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2364 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2365
2366 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2367
2368 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2369
2370 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2371
2372 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2373
2374 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2375
2376 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2377
2378 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2379
2380 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2381
2382 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2383
2384 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2385
2386 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2387 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2388
2389 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2390 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2391 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2392
2393 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2394 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2395
2396 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2397
2398 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2399 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2400
2401 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2402
2403 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2404
2405 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2406
2407 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2408
2409 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2410
2411 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2412
2413 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2414 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2415
2416 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2417 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2418
2419 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2420 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2421
2422 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2423
2424 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2425 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2426
2427 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2428
2429 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2430 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2431
2432 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2433
2434 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2435
2436 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2437 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2438
2439 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2440 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2441
2442 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2443
2444 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2445 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2446
2447 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2448
2449 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2450
2451 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2452 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2453 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2454 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2455 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2456
2457 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2458
2459 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2460
2461 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2462
2463 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2464
2465 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2466
2467 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2468
2469 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2470 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2471
2472 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2473
2474 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2475
2476 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2477
2478 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2479
2480 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2481
2482 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2483
2484 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2485
2486 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2487
2488 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2489
2490 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2491
2492 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2493 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2494 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2495
2496 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2497 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2498
2499 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2500
2501 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2502
2503 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2504
2505 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2506
2507 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2508
2509 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2510 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2511
2512 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2513 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2514
2515 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2516 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2517
2518 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2519 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2520
2521 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2522 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2523
2524 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2525 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2526
2527 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2528
2529 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2530
2531 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2532 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2533 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2534 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2535 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2536
2537 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2538
2539 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2540
2541 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2542
2543 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2544
2545 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2546 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2547
2548 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2549
2550 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2551 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2552 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2553 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2554
2555 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2556
2557 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2558 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2559
2560 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2561
2562 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2563
2564 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2565
2566 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2567 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2568
2569 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2570
2571 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2572
2573 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2574
2575 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2576 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2577 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2578
2579 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2580
2581 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2582
2583 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2584
2585 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2586
2587 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2588
2589 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2590
2591 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2592
2593 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2594
2595 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2596
2597 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2598 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2599 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2600 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2601
2602 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2603
2604 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2605
2606 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2607
2608 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2609
2610 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2611
2612 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2613 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2614
2615 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2616 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2617 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2618 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2619
2620 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2621
2622 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2623 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2624 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2625 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2626
2627 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2628 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2629
2630 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2631
2632 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2633
2634 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2635 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2636
2637 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2638
2639 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2640 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2641 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2642 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2643 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2644
2645 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2646
2647 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2648 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2649
2650 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2651 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2652 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2653
2654 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2655 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2656
2657 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
2658 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2659
2660 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2661
2662 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2663
2664 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2665 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2666 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2667};
2668
2669/* source-level API compatibility */
2670#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2671#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2672#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2673#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2674
2675/*
2676 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2677 * here
2678 */
2679#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2680#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2681#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2682#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2683#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2684#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2685#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2686#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2687#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2688#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2689#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2690#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2691#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2692#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2693#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2694#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2695#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2696#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2697#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2698#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2699#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2700
2701#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
2702
2703#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
2704#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
2705#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
2706#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2707#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2708#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2709#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
2710#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
2711
2712#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2713#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2714
2715#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2716
2717/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2718#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2719
2720#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2721
2722/**
2723 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2724 *
2725 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2726 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2727 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2728 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2729 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2730 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2731 * AP type interface.
2732 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2733 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2734 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2735 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2736 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2737 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2738 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2739 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2740 * commands to create and destroy one
2741 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2742 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2743 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2744 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2745 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2746 *
2747 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2748 * to set the type of an interface.
2749 *
2750 */
2751enum nl80211_iftype {
2752 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2753 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2754 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2755 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2756 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2757 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2758 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2759 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2760 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2761 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2762 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2763 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2764 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2765
2766 /* keep last */
2767 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2768 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2769};
2770
2771/**
2772 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2773 *
2774 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2775 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2776 *
2777 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2778 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2779 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2780 * with short barker preamble
2781 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2782 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2783 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2784 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2785 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2786 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2787 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2788 * as errors.)
2789 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2790 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2791 * previously added station into associated state
2792 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2793 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2794 */
2795enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2796 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2797 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2798 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2799 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2800 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2801 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2802 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2803 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2804
2805 /* keep last */
2806 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2807 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2808};
2809
2810/**
2811 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2812 *
2813 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2814 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2815 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2816 */
2817enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2818 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2819 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2820
2821 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2822};
2823
2824#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2825
2826/**
2827 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2828 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2829 * @set: which values to set them to
2830 *
2831 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2832 */
2833struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2834 __u32 mask;
2835 __u32 set;
2836} __attribute__((packed));
2837
2838/**
2839 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2840 *
2841 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2842 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2843 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2844 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2845 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2846 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2847 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2848 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2849 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
2850 *
2851 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2852 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2853 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
2854 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
2855 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
2856 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
2857 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
2858 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2859 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2860 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
2861 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2862 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
2863 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
2864 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2865 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2866 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
2867 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2868 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2869 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
2870 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2871 */
2872enum nl80211_rate_info {
2873 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2874 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2875 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2876 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2877 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
2878 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
2879 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2880 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2881 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2882 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2883 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
2884 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2885 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
2886
2887 /* keep last */
2888 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2889 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2890};
2891
2892/**
2893 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2894 *
2895 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2896 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2897 *
2898 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2899 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2900 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
2901 * (flag)
2902 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
2903 * (flag)
2904 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2905 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2906 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2907 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2908 */
2909enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2910 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2911 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2912 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2913 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2914 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2915 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2916
2917 /* keep last */
2918 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2919 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2920};
2921
2922/**
2923 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2924 *
2925 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2926 * when getting information about a station.
2927 *
2928 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2929 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
2930 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2931 * (u32, from this station)
2932 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2933 * (u32, to this station)
2934 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2935 * (u64, from this station)
2936 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2937 * (u64, to this station)
2938 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2939 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
2940 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
2941 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2942 * (u32, from this station)
2943 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2944 * (u32, to this station)
2945 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2946 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2947 * (u32, to this station)
2948 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
2949 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2950 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2951 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2952 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2953 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2954 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2955 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2956 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2957 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2958 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
2959 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
2960 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
2961 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2962 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2963 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2964 * non-peer STA
2965 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2966 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2967 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2968 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
2969 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2970 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
2971 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2972 * (u64)
2973 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2974 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2975 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2976 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2977 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2978 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2979 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2980 * attributes carrying the actual values.
2981 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2982 * received from the station (u64, usec)
2983 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2984 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
2985 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2986 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
2987 */
2988enum nl80211_sta_info {
2989 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2990 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2991 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2992 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2993 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2994 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2995 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
2996 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2997 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
2998 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2999 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3000 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3001 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3002 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3003 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3004 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3005 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3006 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3007 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3008 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3009 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3010 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3011 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3012 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3013 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3014 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3015 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3016 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3017 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3018 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3019 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3020 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3021 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3022 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3023 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3024
3025 /* keep last */
3026 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3027 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3028};
3029
3030/**
3031 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3032 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3033 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3034 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3035 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3036 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3037 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3038 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3039 * MSDUs (u64)
3040 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3041 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3042 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3043 */
3044enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3045 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3046 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3047 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3048 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3049 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3050 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3051
3052 /* keep last */
3053 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3054 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3055};
3056
3057/**
3058 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3059 *
3060 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3061 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3062 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3063 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3064 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3065 */
3066enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3067 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3068 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3069 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3070 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3071 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3072};
3073
3074/**
3075 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3076 *
3077 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3078 * information about a mesh path.
3079 *
3080 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3081 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3082 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3083 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3084 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3085 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3086 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3087 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3088 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3089 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3090 * currently defind
3091 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3092 */
3093enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3094 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3095 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3096 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3097 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3098 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3099 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3100 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3101 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3102
3103 /* keep last */
3104 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3105 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3106};
3107
3108/**
3109 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3110 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3111 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3112 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3113 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3114 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3115 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3116 * defined in 802.11n
3117 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3118 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3119 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3120 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3121 * defined in 802.11ac
3122 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3123 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3124 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3125 */
3126enum nl80211_band_attr {
3127 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3128 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3129 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3130
3131 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3132 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3133 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3134 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3135
3136 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3137 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3138
3139 /* keep last */
3140 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3141 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3142};
3143
3144#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3145
3146/**
3147 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3148 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3149 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3150 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3151 * regulatory domain.
3152 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3153 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3154 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3155 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3156 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3157 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3158 * (100 * dBm).
3159 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3160 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3161 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3162 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3163 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3164 * channel as the control channel
3165 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3166 * channel as the control channel
3167 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3168 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3169 * this includes 80+80 channels
3170 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3171 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3172 * isn't possible
3173 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3174 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3175 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3176 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3177 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3178 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3179 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3180 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3181 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3182 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3183 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3184 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3185 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3186 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3187 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3188 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3189 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3190 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3191 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3192 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3193 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3194 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3195 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3196 * currently defined
3197 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3198 *
3199 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3200 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3201 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3202 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3203 */
3204enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3205 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3206 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3207 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3208 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3209 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3210 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3211 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3212 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3213 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3214 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3215 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3216 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3217 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3218 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3219 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3220 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3221 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3222 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3223
3224 /* keep last */
3225 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3226 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3227};
3228
3229#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3230#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3231#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3232#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3233#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3234 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3235
3236/**
3237 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3238 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3239 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3240 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3241 * in 2.4 GHz band.
3242 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3243 * currently defined
3244 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3245 */
3246enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3247 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3248 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3249 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3250
3251 /* keep last */
3252 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3253 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3254};
3255
3256/**
3257 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3258 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3259 * regulatory domain.
3260 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3261 * regulatory domain.
3262 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3263 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3264 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3265 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3266 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3267 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3268 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3269 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3270 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3271 */
3272enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3273 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3274 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3275 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3276 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3277};
3278
3279/**
3280 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3281 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3282 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3283 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3284 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3285 * domain.
3286 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3287 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3288 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3289 * them to be applied.
3290 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3291 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3292 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3293 * domain request to be processed.
3294 */
3295enum nl80211_reg_type {
3296 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3297 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3298 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3299 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3300};
3301
3302/**
3303 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3304 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3305 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3306 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3307 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3308 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3309 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3310 * band edge.
3311 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3312 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3313 * band edge.
3314 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3315 * frequency range, in KHz.
3316 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3317 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3318 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3319 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3320 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3321 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3322 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3323 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3324 * currently defined
3325 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3326 */
3327enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3328 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3329 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3330
3331 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3332 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3333 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3334
3335 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3336 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3337
3338 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3339
3340 /* keep last */
3341 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3342 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3343};
3344
3345/**
3346 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3347 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3348 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3349 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3350 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3351 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3352 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3353 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3354 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3355 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3356 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3357 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3358 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3359 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3360 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3361 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3362 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3363 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3364 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3365 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3366 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3367 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3368 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3369 * attribute number currently defined
3370 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3371 */
3372enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3373 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3374
3375 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3376 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3377 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3378 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3379 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3380
3381 /* keep last */
3382 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3383 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3384 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3385};
3386
3387/* only for backward compatibility */
3388#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3389
3390/**
3391 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3392 *
3393 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3394 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3395 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3396 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3397 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3398 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3399 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3400 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3401 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3402 * beaconing.
3403 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3404 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3405 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3406 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3407 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3408 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3409 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3410 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3411 */
3412enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3413 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3414 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3415 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3416 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3417 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3418 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3419 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
3420 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3421 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
3422 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
3423 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3424 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3425 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3426 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3427 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
3428};
3429
3430#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3431#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3432#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3433#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3434 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3435#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3436
3437/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3438#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3439
3440/**
3441 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3442 *
3443 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3444 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3445 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3446 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3447 */
3448enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3449 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3450 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3451 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3452 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3453};
3454
3455/**
3456 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3457 *
3458 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3459 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3460 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3461 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3462 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3463 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3464 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3465 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3466 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3467 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3468 * supported feature.
3469 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3470 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3471 */
3472enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3473 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3474 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3475 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
3476};
3477
3478/**
3479 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3480 *
3481 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3482 * when getting information about a survey.
3483 *
3484 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3485 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3486 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3487 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3488 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3489 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3490 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3491 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3492 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3493 * channel was sensed busy
3494 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3495 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3496 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3497 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3498 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3499 * (on this channel or globally)
3500 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3501 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3502 * currently defined
3503 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3504 */
3505enum nl80211_survey_info {
3506 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3507 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3508 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3509 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3510 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3511 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3512 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3513 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3514 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3515 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3516 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3517
3518 /* keep last */
3519 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3520 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3521};
3522
3523/* keep old names for compatibility */
3524#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3525#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3526#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3527#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3528#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3529
3530/**
3531 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3532 *
3533 * Monitor configuration flags.
3534 *
3535 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3536 *
3537 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3538 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3539 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3540 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3541 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3542 * overrides all other flags.
3543 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3544 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3545 *
3546 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3547 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3548 */
3549enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3550 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3551 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3552 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3553 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3554 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3555 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3556 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3557
3558 /* keep last */
3559 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3560 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3561};
3562
3563/**
3564 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3565 *
3566 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3567 * not known or has not been set yet.
3568 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3569 * in Awake state all the time.
3570 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3571 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3572 * neighbor's beacons.
3573 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3574 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3575 * for neighbor's beacons.
3576 *
3577 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3578 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3579 */
3580
3581enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3582 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3583 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3584 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3585 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3586
3587 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3588 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3589};
3590
3591/**
3592 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3593 *
3594 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3595 * active.
3596 *
3597 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3598 *
3599 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3600 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3601 *
3602 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3603 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3604 *
3605 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3606 * millisecond units
3607 *
3608 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3609 * on this mesh interface
3610 *
3611 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3612 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3613 * mesh
3614 *
3615 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3616 * point.
3617 *
3618 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3619 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3620 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3621 * set.
3622 *
3623 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3624 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3625 * target)
3626 *
3627 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3628 * (in milliseconds)
3629 *
3630 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3631 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3632 *
3633 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3634 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3635 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3636 *
3637 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3638 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3639 * reference element
3640 *
3641 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3642 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3643 * mesh
3644 *
3645 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3646 *
3647 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3648 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
3649 *
3650 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3651 * root announcements are transmitted.
3652 *
3653 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3654 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3655 * Announcement frames.
3656 *
3657 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3658 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3659 * PERR element.
3660 *
3661 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3662 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3663 *
3664 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3665 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3666 * a peer link.
3667 *
3668 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3669 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3670 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
3671 *
3672 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
3673 *
3674 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3675 *
3676 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3677 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3678 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3679 *
3680 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3681 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3682 *
3683 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3684 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3685 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3686 *
3687 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3688 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3689 *
3690 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3691 *
3692 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3693 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
3694 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3695 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
3696 *
3697 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3698 */
3699enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3700 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3701 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3702 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3703 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3704 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3705 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3706 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3707 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3708 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3709 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3710 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3711 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3712 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3713 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3714 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3715 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
3716 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3717 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
3718 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3719 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
3720 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3721 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3722 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3723 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3724 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3725 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
3726 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3727 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
3728 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
3729
3730 /* keep last */
3731 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3732 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3733};
3734
3735/**
3736 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3737 *
3738 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3739 * changed while the mesh is active.
3740 *
3741 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3742 *
3743 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
3744 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3745 * default HWMP.
3746 *
3747 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
3748 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3749 * metric.
3750 *
3751 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
3752 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3753 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3754 * metrics in use.
3755 *
3756 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
3757 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
3758 *
3759 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
3760 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
3761 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3762 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3763 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3764 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3765 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3766 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3767 * userspace daemon.
3768 *
3769 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3770 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3771 * neighbor offset synchronization
3772 *
3773 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3774 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3775 *
3776 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3777 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3778 * Default is no authentication method required.
3779 *
3780 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
3781 *
3782 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3783 */
3784enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3785 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3786 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3787 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3788 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3789 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3790 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
3791 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
3792 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
3793 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
3794
3795 /* keep last */
3796 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3797 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3798};
3799
3800/**
3801 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3802 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
3803 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
3804 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3805 * disabled
3806 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3807 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3808 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3809 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3810 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3811 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3812 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3813 */
3814enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3815 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
3816 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
3817 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3818 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3819 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3820 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3821
3822 /* keep last */
3823 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3824 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3825};
3826
3827enum nl80211_ac {
3828 NL80211_AC_VO,
3829 NL80211_AC_VI,
3830 NL80211_AC_BE,
3831 NL80211_AC_BK,
3832 NL80211_NUM_ACS
3833};
3834
3835/* backward compat */
3836#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3837#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
3838#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
3839#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
3840#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
3841
3842/**
3843 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3844 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3845 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3846 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3847 * below the control channel
3848 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3849 * above the control channel
3850 */
3851enum nl80211_channel_type {
3852 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3853 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3854 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3855 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3856};
3857
3858/**
3859 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3860 *
3861 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3862 * attribute.
3863 *
3864 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3865 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3866 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3867 * attribute must be provided as well
3868 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3869 * attribute must be provided as well
3870 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3871 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3872 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3873 * attribute must be provided as well
3874 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3875 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
3876 */
3877enum nl80211_chan_width {
3878 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3879 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3880 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3881 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3882 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3883 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
3884 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3885 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3886};
3887
3888/**
3889 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3890 *
3891 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3892 *
3893 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3894 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3895 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3896 */
3897enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3898 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3899 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3900 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3901};
3902
3903/**
3904 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3905 *
3906 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3907 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3908 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3909 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
3910 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3911 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3912 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
3913 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3914 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3915 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
3916 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
3917 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3918 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3919 * they are from a Beacon frame.
3920 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3921 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
3922 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3923 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
3924 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3925 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3926 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3927 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
3928 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
3929 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
3930 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3931 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3932 * yet been received
3933 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3934 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
3935 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3936 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3937 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3938 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
3939 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
3940 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
3941 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
3942 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3943 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
3944 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
3945 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
3946 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
3947 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
3948 * is set.
3949 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
3950 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
3951 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
3952 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3953 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3954 */
3955enum nl80211_bss {
3956 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3957 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3958 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3959 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3960 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3961 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3962 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
3963 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3964 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
3965 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
3966 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
3967 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
3968 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
3969 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3970 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
3971 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
3972 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
3973 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
3974 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
3975 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3976
3977 /* keep last */
3978 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3979 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3980};
3981
3982/**
3983 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
3984 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
3985 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3986 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3987 * a given BSS.
3988 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3989 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3990 *
3991 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3992 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
3993 */
3994enum nl80211_bss_status {
3995 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3996 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3997 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3998};
3999
4000/**
4001 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4002 *
4003 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4004 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4005 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4006 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4007 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4008 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4009 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4010 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4011 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4012 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4013 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4014 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4015 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4016 */
4017enum nl80211_auth_type {
4018 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4019 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4020 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4021 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4022 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4023 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4024 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4025 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4026
4027 /* keep last */
4028 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4029 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4030 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4031};
4032
4033/**
4034 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4035 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4036 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4037 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4038 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4039 */
4040enum nl80211_key_type {
4041 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4042 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4043 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4044
4045 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4046};
4047
4048/**
4049 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4050 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4051 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4052 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4053 */
4054enum nl80211_mfp {
4055 NL80211_MFP_NO,
4056 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4057 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4058};
4059
4060enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4061 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4062 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4063};
4064
4065/**
4066 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4067 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4068 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4069 * unicast key
4070 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4071 * multicast key
4072 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4073 */
4074enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4075 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4076 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4077 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4078
4079 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4080};
4081
4082/**
4083 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4084 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4085 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4086 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4087 * keys
4088 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4089 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4090 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4091 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4092 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4093 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4094 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4095 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4096 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4097 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4098 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4099 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4100 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4101 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4102 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4103 */
4104enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4105 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4106 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4107 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4108 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4109 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4110 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4111 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4112 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4113 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4114
4115 /* keep last */
4116 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4117 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4118};
4119
4120/**
4121 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4122 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4123 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4124 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4125 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4126 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4127 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4128 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4129 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4130 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4131 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4132 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4133 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4134 */
4135enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4136 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4137 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4138 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4139 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4140 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4141
4142 /* keep last */
4143 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4144 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4145};
4146
4147#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4148#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4149
4150/**
4151 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4152 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4153 */
4154struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4155 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4156};
4157
4158enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4159 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4160 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4161 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4162};
4163
4164/**
4165 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4166 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4167 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4168 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
4169 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4170 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4171 */
4172enum nl80211_band {
4173 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4174 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4175 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4176
4177 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4178};
4179
4180/**
4181 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4182 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4183 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4184 */
4185enum nl80211_ps_state {
4186 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4187 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4188};
4189
4190/**
4191 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4192 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4193 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4194 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4195 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4196 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4197 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4198 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4199 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4200 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4201 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4202 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4203 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4204 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4205 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4206 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4207 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4208 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4209 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4210 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4211 * checked.
4212 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4213 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4214 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4215 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4216 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4217 * loss event
4218 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4219 * RSSI threshold event.
4220 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4221 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4222 */
4223enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4224 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4225 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4226 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4227 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4228 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4229 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4230 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4231 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4232 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4233 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4234
4235 /* keep last */
4236 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4237 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4238};
4239
4240/**
4241 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4242 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4243 * configured threshold
4244 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4245 * configured threshold
4246 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4247 */
4248enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4249 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4250 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4251 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4252};
4253
4254
4255/**
4256 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4257 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4258 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4259 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4260 */
4261enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4262 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4263 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4264 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4265};
4266
4267/**
4268 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4269 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4270 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4271 * a zero bit are ignored
4272 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4273 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4274 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4275 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4276 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4277 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4278 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4279 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4280 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4281 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4282 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4283 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4284 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4285 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4286 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4287 */
4288enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4289 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4290 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4291 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4292 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4293
4294 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4295 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4296};
4297
4298/**
4299 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4300 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4301 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4302 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4303 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4304 *
4305 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4306 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4307 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4308 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4309 * by the kernel to userspace.
4310 */
4311struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4312 __u32 max_patterns;
4313 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4314 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4315 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4316} __attribute__((packed));
4317
4318/* only for backward compatibility */
4319#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4320#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4321#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4322#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4323#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4324#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4325#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4326
4327/**
4328 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4329 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4330 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4331 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4332 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
4333 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4334 * any others are even supported by the device.
4335 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4336 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4337 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4338 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4339 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4340 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4341 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4342 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4343 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4344 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4345 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4346 *
4347 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4348 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4349 *
4350 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4351 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4352 * to the kernel when configuring.
4353 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4354 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4355 * by the device (flag)
4356 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4357 * done by the device) (flag)
4358 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4359 * packet (flag)
4360 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4361 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4362 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4363 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4364 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4365 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4366 * attribute contains the original length.
4367 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4368 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4369 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4370 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4371 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4372 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4373 * contains the original length.
4374 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4375 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4376 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4377 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4378 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4379 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4380 * the TCP connection.
4381 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4382 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4383 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4384 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4385 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4386 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4387 * service
4388 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4389 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4390 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
4391 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4392 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4393 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4394 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4395 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4396 * supported by the driver (u32).
4397 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4398 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4399 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4400 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4401 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4402 * occurred.
4403 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4404 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4405 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4406 * these attributes must be present. If
4407 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4408 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4409 * channel.
4410 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4411 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4412 *
4413 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4414 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4415 */
4416enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4417 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4418 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4419 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4420 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4421 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4422 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4423 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4424 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4425 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4426 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4427 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4428 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4429 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4430 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4431 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4432 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4433 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4434 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4435 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4436 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4437
4438 /* keep last */
4439 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4440 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4441};
4442
4443/**
4444 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4445 *
4446 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4447 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4448 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4449 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4450 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4451 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4452 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4453 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4454 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4455 *
4456 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4457 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4458 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4459 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4460 * also woken up.
4461 *
4462 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4463 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4464 */
4465
4466/**
4467 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4468 * @start: starting value
4469 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4470 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4471 *
4472 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4473 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4474 * in little endian.
4475 */
4476struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4477 __u32 start, offset, len;
4478};
4479
4480/**
4481 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4482 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4483 * @len: length of each token
4484 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4485 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4486 */
4487struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4488 __u32 offset, len;
4489 __u8 token_stream[];
4490};
4491
4492/**
4493 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4494 * @min_len: minimum token length
4495 * @max_len: maximum token length
4496 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4497 */
4498struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4499 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4500};
4501
4502/**
4503 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4504 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4505 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4506 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4507 * (in network byte order)
4508 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4509 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4510 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4511 * might require ARP querying.
4512 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4513 * socket and port will be allocated
4514 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4515 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4516 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4517 * of the data payload.
4518 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4519 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4520 * advertising it is just a flag
4521 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4522 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4523 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4524 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4525 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4526 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4527 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4528 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4529 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4530 * but on the TCP payload only.
4531 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4532 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4533 */
4534enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4535 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4536 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4537 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4538 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4539 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4540 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4541 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4542 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4543 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4544 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4545 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4546 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4547
4548 /* keep last */
4549 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4550 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4551};
4552
4553/**
4554 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4555 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4556 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4557 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4558 *
4559 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4560 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4561 */
4562struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4563 __u32 max_rules;
4564 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4565 __u32 max_delay;
4566} __attribute__((packed));
4567
4568/**
4569 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4570 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4571 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4572 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4573 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4574 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4575 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4576 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4577 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4578 */
4579enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4580 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4581 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4582 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4583 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4584
4585 /* keep last */
4586 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4587 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4588};
4589
4590/**
4591 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4592 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4593 * in a rule are matched.
4594 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4595 * in a rule are not matched.
4596 */
4597enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4598 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4599 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4600};
4601
4602/**
4603 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4604 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4605 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4606 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4607 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4608 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4609 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4610 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4611 */
4612enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4613 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4614 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4615 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4616
4617 /* keep last */
4618 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4619 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4620};
4621
4622/**
4623 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4624 *
4625 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4626 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4627 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4628 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4629 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4630 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4631 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4632 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4633 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4634 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4635 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4636 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4637 * different channels may be used within this group.
4638 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4639 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
4640 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4641 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
4642 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4643 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4644 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
4645 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4646 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4647 *
4648 * Examples:
4649 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4650 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4651 *
4652 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4653 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
4654 *
4655 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4656 * => allows two STAs on different channels
4657 *
4658 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4659 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4660 *
4661 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4662 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4663 * that any of these groups must match.
4664 *
4665 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4666 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4667 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4668 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4669 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4670 */
4671enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4672 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4673 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4674 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4675 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4676 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
4677 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
4678 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
4679 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
4680
4681 /* keep last */
4682 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4683 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4684};
4685
4686
4687/**
4688 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4689 *
4690 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4691 * state of non existant mesh peer links
4692 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4693 * this mesh peer
4694 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4695 * from this mesh peer
4696 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4697 * received from this mesh peer
4698 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4699 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4700 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4701 * plink are discarded
4702 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4703 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4704 */
4705enum nl80211_plink_state {
4706 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4707 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4708 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4709 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4710 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4711 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4712 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4713
4714 /* keep last */
4715 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4716 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4717};
4718
4719/**
4720 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4721 *
4722 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4723 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4724 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4725 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4726 */
4727enum plink_actions {
4728 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4729 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4730 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4731
4732 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4733};
4734
4735
4736#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
4737#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
4738#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
4739
4740/**
4741 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4742 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4743 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4744 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4745 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4746 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4747 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4748 */
4749enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4750 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4751 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4752 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4753 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4754
4755 /* keep last */
4756 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4757 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4758};
4759
4760/**
4761 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4762 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4763 * Beacon frames)
4764 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4765 * in Beacon frames
4766 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4767 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4768 */
4769enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4770 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4771 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4772 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4773};
4774
4775/**
4776 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4777 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4778 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4779 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4780 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4781 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4782 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4783 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4784 */
4785enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4786 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4787 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4788 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4789
4790 /* keep last */
4791 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4792 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4793};
4794
4795/**
4796 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4797 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4798 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4799 * priority)
4800 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4801 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4802 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4803 * (internal)
4804 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4805 * (internal)
4806 */
4807enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4808 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4809 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4810 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4811 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4812
4813 /* keep last */
4814 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4815 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4816};
4817
4818/**
4819 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4820 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4821 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4822 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4823 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4824 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4825 */
4826enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4827 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4828 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4829 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4830 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4831 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4832};
4833
4834/*
4835 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4836 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4837 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4838enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4839};
4840 */
4841
4842/**
4843 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4844 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4845 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4846 * socket option.
4847 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
4848 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4849 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
4850 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4851 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4852 * cellular base stations.
4853 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4854 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
4855 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4856 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4857 * mode
4858 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4859 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4860 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4861 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4862 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4863 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4864 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
4865 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4866 * setting
4867 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4868 * powersave
4869 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4870 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4871 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4872 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4873 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4874 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4875 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4876 * states using station flags.
4877 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4878 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4879 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4880 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4881 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
4882 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4883 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4884 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4885 * still generated by the driver.
4886 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4887 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4888 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4889 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
4890 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4891 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4892 * lifetime of a BSS.
4893 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4894 * Set IE to probe requests.
4895 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4896 * to probe requests.
4897 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4898 * requests sent to it by an AP.
4899 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4900 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4901 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4902 * Measurement Report action frame.
4903 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4904 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4905 * to enable dynack.
4906 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4907 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4908 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4909 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4910 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4911 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4912 * rts/cts handshake.
4913 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4914 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4915 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4916 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4917 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4918 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4919 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
4920 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4921 * operating as a TDLS peer.
4922 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4923 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4924 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4925 * address mask/value will be used.
4926 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4927 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4928 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4929 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4930 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4931 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4932 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4933 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4934 */
4935enum nl80211_feature_flags {
4936 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
4937 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
4938 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
4939 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
4940 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
4941 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
4942 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
4943 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
4944 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
4945 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
4946 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
4947 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
4948 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
4949 /* bit 13 is reserved */
4950 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
4951 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
4952 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
4953 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
4954 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
4955 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
4956 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
4957 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
4958 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
4959 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
4960 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
4961 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
4962 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
4963 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
4964 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
4965 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
4966 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
4967 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
4968};
4969
4970/**
4971 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4972 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
4973 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
4974 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
4975 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
4976 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
4977 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
4978 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
4979 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
4980 * certain groups which can be configured by the
4981 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
4982 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
4983 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
4984 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
4985 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
4986 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4987 * (if available).
4988 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
4989 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
4990 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4991 * (if available).
4992 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
4993 * channel dwell time.
4994 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
4995 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
4996 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
4997 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
4998 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
4999 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5000 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5001 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5002 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5003 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5004 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5005 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5006 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5007 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5008 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5009 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5010 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5011 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5012 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5013 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5014 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5015 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5016 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5017 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5018 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5019 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5020 * be supported.
5021 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5022 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5023 * actual dwell time.
5024 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5025 * response
5026 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5027 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5028 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5029 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5030 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5031 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5032 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5033 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5034 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5035 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5036 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5037 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5038 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5039 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5040 * "radar detected" event.
5041 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5042 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5043 *
5044 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5045 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5046 */
5047enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5048 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5049 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5050 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5051 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5052 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5053 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5054 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5055 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5056 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5057 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5058 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5059 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5060 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5061 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5062 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5063 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5064 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5065 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5066 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5067 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5068 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5069 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5070 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5071 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5072 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5073 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5074 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5075
5076 /* add new features before the definition below */
5077 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5078 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5079};
5080
5081/**
5082 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5083 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5084 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5085 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5086 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5087 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5088 * to the host.
5089 *
5090 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5091 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5092 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5093 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5094 */
5095enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5096 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5097 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5098 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5099 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5100};
5101
5102/**
5103 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5104 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5105 * handled by the AP is reached.
5106 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5107 */
5108enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5109 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5110 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5111};
5112
5113/**
5114 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5115 *
5116 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5117 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5118 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5119 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5120 */
5121enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5122 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5123 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5124 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5125 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5126};
5127
5128/**
5129 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5130 *
5131 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5132 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5133 * requests.
5134 *
5135 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5136 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5137 * one of them can be used in the request.
5138 *
5139 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5140 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5141 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5142 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5143 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5144 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5145 * when really needed
5146 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5147 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5148 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5149 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5150 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5151 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5152 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5153 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5154 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5155 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5156 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5157 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5158 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5159 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is dicovered in the channel,
5160 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5161 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5162 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5163 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5164 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5165 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5166 * SSID and/or RSSI.
5167 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5168 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5169 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5170 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5171 * impacted with this flag.
5172 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5173 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5174 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5175 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5176 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5177 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5178 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5179 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
5180 */
5181enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5182 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5183 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5184 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5185 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5186 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5187 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5188 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5189 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5190 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
5191 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
5192 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
5193};
5194
5195/**
5196 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5197 *
5198 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5199 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5200 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5201 *
5202 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5203 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5204 * in ACL to authenticate.
5205 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5206 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5207 */
5208enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5209 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5210 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5211};
5212
5213/**
5214 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5215 *
5216 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5217 *
5218 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5219 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5220 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5221 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5222 */
5223enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5224 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5225 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5226 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5227
5228 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5229 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5230};
5231
5232/**
5233 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5234 *
5235 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5236 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5237 *
5238 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5239 * now unusable.
5240 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5241 * the channel is now available.
5242 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5243 * change to the channel status.
5244 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5245 * over, channel becomes usable.
5246 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5247 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5248 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5249 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5250 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
5251 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
5252 */
5253enum nl80211_radar_event {
5254 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5255 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5256 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5257 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5258 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5259 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
5260};
5261
5262/**
5263 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5264 *
5265 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5266 *
5267 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5268 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5269 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5270 * is therefore marked as not available.
5271 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5272 */
5273enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5274 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5275 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5276 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5277};
5278
5279/**
5280 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5281 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5282 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5283 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5284 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5285 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5286 */
5287enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5288 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5289};
5290
5291/**
5292 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5293 *
5294 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5295 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5296 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5297 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5298 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5299 */
5300enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5301 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5302 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5303 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5304 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5305 /* add other protocols before this one */
5306 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5307};
5308
5309/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5310#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5311
5312/**
5313 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5314 *
5315 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5316 *
5317 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5318 */
5319enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5320 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5321};
5322
5323/*
5324 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5325 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5326 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5327 */
5328#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5329
5330/**
5331 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5332 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5333 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5334 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5335 * added to this file when needed.
5336 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5337 */
5338struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5339 __u32 vendor_id;
5340 __u32 subcmd;
5341};
5342
5343/**
5344 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5345 *
5346 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5347 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5348 *
5349 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5350 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5351 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5352 */
5353enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5354 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5355 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5356 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5357};
5358
5359/**
5360 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5361 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5362 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5363 * seconds (u32).
5364 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5365 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5366 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5367 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5368 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5369 * currently defined
5370 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5371 */
5372enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5373 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5374 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5375 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5376
5377 /* keep last */
5378 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5379 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5380 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5381};
5382
5383/**
5384 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5385 *
5386 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5387 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5388 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5389 */
5390struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5391 __u8 band;
5392 __s8 delta;
5393} __attribute__((packed));
5394
5395/**
5396 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5397 *
5398 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5399 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5400 * is requested.
5401 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5402 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5403 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5404 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5405 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5406 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5407 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5408 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5409 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5410 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5411 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5412 *
5413 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5414 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5415 * which the driver shall use.
5416 */
5417enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5418 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5419 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5420 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5421 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5422
5423 /* keep last */
5424 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5425 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5426};
5427
5428/**
5429 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5430 *
5431 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5432 *
5433 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5434 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5435 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5436 */
5437enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5438 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5439 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5440 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5441
5442 /* keep last */
5443 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5444 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5445};
5446
5447/**
5448 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5449 *
5450 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5451 *
5452 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5453 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5454 */
5455enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5456 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5457 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5458};
5459
5460/**
5461 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5462 *
5463 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5464 *
5465 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5466 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5467 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5468 */
5469enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5470 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5471 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5472 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5473};
5474
5475#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5476#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5477#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5478
5479/**
5480 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5481 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5482 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5483 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5484 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5485 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5486 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5487 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5488 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5489 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5490 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5491 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5492 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5493 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5494 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5495 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5496 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5497 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5498 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5499 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5500 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5501 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5502 * This is a flag.
5503 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5504 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5505 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5506 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5507 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5508 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5509 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5510 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5511 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5512 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5513 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5514 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5515 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5516 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5517 *
5518 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5519 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5520 */
5521enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5522 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5523 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5524 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5525 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5526 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5527 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5528 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5529 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5530 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5531 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5532 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5533 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5534 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5535 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5536 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5537 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5538 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5539
5540 /* keep last */
5541 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5542 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5543};
5544
5545/**
5546 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5547 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5548 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5549 * This is a flag.
5550 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5551 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5552 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5553 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5554 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5555 * and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5556 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5557 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5558 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5559 */
5560enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5561 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5562 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5563 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5564 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5565 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5566
5567 /* keep last */
5568 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5569 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5570};
5571
5572/**
5573 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5574 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5575 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5576 * match. This is a nested attribute.
5577 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5578 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5579 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5580 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5581 *
5582 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5583 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5584 */
5585enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5586 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5587 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5588 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5589
5590 /* keep last */
5591 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5592 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5593};
5594
5595/**
5596 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
5597 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
5598 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
5599 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
5600 */
5601enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
5602 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
5603 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
5604};
5605
5606#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */